blob: 9edf259ae614edb3acae025f9bcce62e181f7480 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000119 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
130 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
132 // block or function pointer call.
133 QualType Ty = V->getType();
134 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
135 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000136 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
137 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000138 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
140 unsigned k;
141 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
142 if (nullPos)
143 --nullPos;
144 else
145 ++i;
146 }
147 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
148 }
149 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
150 isMethod = 2;
151 }
152 else
153 return;
154 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000155 else
156 return;
157
158 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 return;
162 }
163 int sentinel = i;
164 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
165 --sentinelPos;
166 ++i;
167 }
168 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000170 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000171 return;
172 }
173 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
174 ++i;
175 ++sentinel;
176 }
177 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
178 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
179 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000180 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000181 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000182 }
183 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000184}
185
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000186SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
187 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
188 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
189}
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192// Standard Promotions and Conversions
193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000195/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
196void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
197 QualType Ty = E->getType();
198 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
199
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
201 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000202 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
203 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
204 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
205 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
206 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
207 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
208 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000209 //
210 // C++ 4.2p1:
211 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
212 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
213 //
214 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000216 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
217 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000220/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
221/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
222///
223/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
224/// promotion occurs.
225static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000226 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
227 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return QualType();
229
230 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
231 if (!BT)
232 return QualType();
233
234 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
235 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
237 return QualType();
238
239 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
240 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
241 return QualType();
242
243 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
244 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
245 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
246 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
247 return Context.IntTy;
248
249 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
250 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
251
252 return QualType();
253}
254
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000255/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
256/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
257/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
258/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
259/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
260Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
263
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000264 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
265 //
266 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
267 // unsigned int may be used:
268 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
269 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
270 // and unsigned int.
271 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
272 //
273 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
274 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
275 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
276 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
277 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000279 return Expr;
280 } else {
281 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
282 if (!T.isNull()) {
283 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
284 return Expr;
285 }
286 }
287
288 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 return Expr;
290}
291
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000292/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
293/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
294/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
295void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
296 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
297 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
298
299 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
300 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
301 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
302 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
303
304 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
305}
306
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000307/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
308/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
309/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
310/// completely illegal.
311bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000312 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
313
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000314 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
315 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
316 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
317 << Expr->getType() << CT;
318 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000319 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000320
321 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
322 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
323 << Expr->getType() << CT;
324
325 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000326}
327
328
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
330/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
331/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
332/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
333/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
334/// GCC.
335QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
336 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339
340 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000341
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
343 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000344 QualType lhs =
345 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
346 QualType rhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000348
349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
350 if (lhs == rhs)
351 return lhs;
352
353 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
354 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
355 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
356 return lhs;
357
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000358 // Perform bitfield promotions.
359 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
363 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
364 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
365
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000367 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 return destType;
371}
372
373QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
374 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
375 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
376 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
377 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
378 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000379 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 lhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
383 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
384 rhs = Context.IntTy;
385 else
386 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000387
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000388 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
389 if (lhs == rhs)
390 return lhs;
391
392 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
393 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
394 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
395 return lhs;
396
397 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
398
399 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
400 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
401 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
402 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return lhs;
405 }
406 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
407 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000408 return rhs;
409 }
410 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
411 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
412 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
413 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
414 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
415 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
416 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
417 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
418 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
419 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
420 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
421
422 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
423 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000424 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
425 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 }
427 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
428 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
429 // does not require this promotion.
430 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
431 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000432 return rhs;
433 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return lhs;
435 }
436 }
437 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
438 }
439 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
440 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
441 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000443 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 return lhs;
445 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000446 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
447 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
448 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
449 }
450 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000451 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 return rhs;
453 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000454 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
455 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
456 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
457 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
459 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
460 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000461 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
464 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000465 }
466 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
467 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
468 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
469 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470
471 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
472 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000473 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
474 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return rhs;
476 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return lhs;
479 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
480 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000481 return rhs;
482 }
483 }
484 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
485 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
486 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
487 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
488 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
489 QualType destType;
490 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
491 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
492 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
493 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
494 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
495 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
496 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
497 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
498 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
499 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
500 // use the signed type.
501 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
502 } else {
503 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
504 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
505 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
506 // to the signed type.
507 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
508 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000509 return destType;
510}
511
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
513// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515
516
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000517/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000518/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
519/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
520/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
521/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000522///
523Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000524Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000525 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
526
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000527 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000528 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000529 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000530
531 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
533 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000536 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000538
539 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
541 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000543 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
544 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
545 // strings.
546 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000547 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000548 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000549
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000550 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000551 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
552 Literal.GetStringLength(),
553 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
554 &StringTokLocs[0],
555 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000556}
557
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000558/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
559/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
560/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
561/// for values inside the block or for globals).
562///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000563/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
564/// up-to-date.
565///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000566static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
567 ValueDecl *VD) {
568 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
569 // we wanted to.
570 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
574 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
575 return false;
576
577 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
578 // snapshot it.
579 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
580 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000581 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
582 return false;
583
584 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
585 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
586
587 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
588 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
589 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
590 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
591 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
592 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
593 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
594 // having a reference outside it.
595 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
596 break;
597
598 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
599 // a snapshot as well.
600 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
601 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000602
603 return true;
604}
605
606
607
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000608/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000609/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000610/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000612/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
614 IdentifierInfo &II,
615 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000616 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
617 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
618 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000619 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000620}
621
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000622/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
623/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
624/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000625Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
627 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
628 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
630 Diag(Loc,
631 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
632 << D->getDeclName();
633 return ExprError();
634 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000635
636 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
637 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
638 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
639 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
641 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
642 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
643 << D->getIdentifier();
644 return ExprError();
645 }
646 }
647 }
648 }
649
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000650 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651
652 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
655 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000656 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000657 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000658 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
659
660 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
664/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
665/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000666static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
667 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
669 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
670
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000671 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
672 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
673 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000675 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
676 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000677 D != DEnd; ++D) {
678 if (*D == Record) {
679 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
680 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
681 ++D;
682 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000683 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 return *D;
685 }
686 }
687
688 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
689 return 0;
690}
691
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000692/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
693/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
694/// actual member.
695///
696/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
697/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
698/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
699/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
700/// we found.
701///
702/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
703/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
704/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
705VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
708 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
709 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
710
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000711 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
713 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
714 do {
715 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000716 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000718 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000719 else {
720 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
721 break;
722 }
723 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
724 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
725 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000726
727 return BaseObject;
728}
729
730Sema::OwningExprResult
731Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
732 FieldDecl *Field,
733 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
734 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
735 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
736 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
737 AnonFields);
738
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000739 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
740 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
741 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
742 // found via name lookup.
743 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
744 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
745 if (BaseObject) {
746 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
747 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000748 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000750 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000752 ExtraQuals
753 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
754 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
755 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
756 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
757 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
758 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000759 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000760 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
761 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
762 }
763 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
764 } else {
765 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
766 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
767 // program our base object expression is "this".
768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
769 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
770 QualType AnonFieldType
771 = Context.getTagDeclType(
772 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
773 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
774 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
775 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
776 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
777 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000778 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000779 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
781 }
782 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
784 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 }
786 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
787 }
788
789 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
791 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000792 }
793
794 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
795 // anonymous struct/union.
796 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000797 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000798 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
799 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
800 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
801 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
802 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
803 unsigned combinedQualifiers
804 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
805 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
806 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000807 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
808 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000809 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000810 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
811 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000812 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
813 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814 }
815
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000816 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000817}
818
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000819/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
820/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
821/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
822/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
823/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
824/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
825/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
826/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
827/// forms.
828///
829/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
830/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
831/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
832/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000833///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000834/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
835/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
836/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
837/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000838Sema::OwningExprResult
839Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
840 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000841 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000842 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000844 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
845 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000846
847 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
848 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
849 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
850 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000851 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000852 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000853 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
854 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000855 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
856 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000857 }
858
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000859 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
860 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000861
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000862 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
863 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
864 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
865 : SourceRange());
866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000867 }
868
869 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000870
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
872 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000873 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
874 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000875 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
876 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
878 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
879 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000880 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000881 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000882 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000883 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000884 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000885 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
886 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000887
888 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
889 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
890 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
891 return ExprError();
892
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000893 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
894 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
895 // an error.
896 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
898 << IV->getDeclName());
899 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
900 // same name exists, use the global.
901 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000902 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
903 ClassDeclared != IFace)
904 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000905 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
906 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000907 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000908 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
909 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000910 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000911 return Owned(new (Context)
912 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000913 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000915 }
916 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000917 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
918 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
919 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000921 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000922 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
923 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000924 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000925 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000926 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000927 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000928 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 QualType T;
930
931 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000932 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
933 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000934 else
935 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000936 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000937 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000938 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000939
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000940 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
941 // argument-dependent lookup.
942 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
943 HasTrailingLParen;
944
945 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000946 // We've seen something of the form
947 //
948 // identifier(
949 //
950 // and we did not find any entity by the name
951 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
952 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
953 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
954 Context.OverloadTy,
955 Loc));
956 }
957
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000958 if (D == 0) {
959 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
960 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000962 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000963 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000964 else {
965 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
966 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000967 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
969 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000970 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
971 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
973 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000974 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000976 }
977 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000978
979 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
980 // Warn about constructs like:
981 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
982 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
983
984 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
985 // information to check this property.
986 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
987 Scope *CheckS = S;
988 while (CheckS) {
989 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
990 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
991 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
992 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
993 << Var->getDeclName());
994 else
995 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
996 << Var->getDeclName());
997 break;
998 }
999
1000 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1001 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1002 if (CheckS)
1003 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1004 }
1005 }
1006 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1007 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1008 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1009 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1010 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1011 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1012 // type.
1013 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1014 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001015
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001016 QualType T = Func->getType();
1017 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1018 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1019 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1020 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1021 }
1022 }
1023
1024 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1025}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001026/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001027bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001028Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1029 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1030 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1031 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1032 QualType DestType =
1033 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001034 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1035 return false;
1036 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1037 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001038 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001039 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1040 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001041 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001042 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1043 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1044 DestRecordType,
1045 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1046 From->getSourceRange()))
1047 return true;
1048 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001049 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001050 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001051}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001052
1053/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1054Sema::OwningExprResult
1055Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1056 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1057 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1058 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1059 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1060 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1061
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001062 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1063 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1064 // not any specific instance's member.
1065 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001066 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001067 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001068 QualType DType;
1069 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1070 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1071 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1072 DType = Method->getType();
1073 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1074 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1075 }
1076 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1077 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1078 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1079 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001080 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001081 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001082 }
1083 }
1084 }
1085
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001086 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1087 // (C++ [class.union]).
1088 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1089 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1090 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001091
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001092 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1093 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1094 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1095 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1096 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1097 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1098 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1099 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1100 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1101 QualType MemberType;
1102 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1103 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1104 MemberType = FD->getType();
1105
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001106 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001107 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1108 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1109 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1110 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1111 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1112 }
1113 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1114 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1115 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1116 MemberType = Method->getType();
1117 }
1118 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1119 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1120 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1121 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1122 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1123 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1124 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1125 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1126 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1127 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1128 break;
1129 }
1130 }
1131 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001132
1133 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001134 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1135 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1136 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1137 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1138 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1139 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001140 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001141 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001142 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001143 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1144 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001145 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001146 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001147 }
1148 }
1149 }
1150 }
1151
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001152 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001153 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1154 if (MD->isStatic())
1155 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1157 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001158 }
1159
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001160 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1161 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1162 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1164 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001165 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001166
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001167 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001168 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001169 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001170 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001171 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001172 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001173
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001174 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001175 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001176 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1177 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001178 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001179 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1180 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001181 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001183 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1184 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1185 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1186 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001187 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1188 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001189 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1190 return ExprError();
1191
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001192 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1193 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001194 return ExprError();
1195
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001196 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1197 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1198 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1199 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001200 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001201 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1202 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1203 //
1204 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001205 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001206 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001207 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001208 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001209 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001210 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1211 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001212 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001213
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001214 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001215 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1216 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001217 }
1218 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1219 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001220
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001221 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001222 bool ValueDependent = false;
1223 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1224 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1225 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1226 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1227 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1228 TypeDependent = true;
1229 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1230 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1231 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1232 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1233 TypeDependent = true;
1234 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1235 // names a dependent type.
1236 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001237 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001238 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1239 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001240 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001241 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1242 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1243 TypeDependent = true;
1244 break;
1245 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001246 }
1247 }
1248 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001249
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001250 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1251 //
1252 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1253 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1254 if (TypeDependent)
1255 ValueDependent = true;
1256 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1257 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1258 ValueDependent = true;
1259 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1260 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001261 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1262 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1263 Dcl->getInit()) {
1264 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1265 }
1266 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001267 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001268
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001269 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1270 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001271}
1272
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001273Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1274 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001275 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001278 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001279 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1280 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1281 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001282 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001283
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001284 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1285 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001286 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001287 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1288 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001289 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1290 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1291 else {
1292 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1293 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1294 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1295 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001296
1297
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001298 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001299 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001300 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001301 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001302}
1303
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001304Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001305 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1306 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1307 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1308 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001310 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1311 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1312 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001313 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001314
1315 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1316
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001317 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1318 Literal.isWide(),
1319 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001320}
1321
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001322Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1323 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001324 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1325 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001326 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001327 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001328 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001329 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001330 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001331
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001332 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001333 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1334 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001335 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001336
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001337 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1338 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001339
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001340 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1341 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1342 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001343 return ExprError();
1344
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001345 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001346
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001347 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001348 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001349 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001350 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001351 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001352 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001353 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001354 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001355
1356 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1357
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001358 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1359 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001360 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1361 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001362
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001363 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001365 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001366 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001367
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001368 // long long is a C99 feature.
1369 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001370 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001371 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1372
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001373 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001374 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1377 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1378 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001379 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1380 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001381 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382 } else {
1383 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1384 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001385
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001386 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1387 // be an unsigned int.
1388 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1389
1390 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001391 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001392 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1393 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001394 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001395
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001396 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1397 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1398 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1399 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001400 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001401 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001402 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001403 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001404 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001405 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001406
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001407 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001408 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001409 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001410
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001411 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1412 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1413 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1414 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001415 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001416 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001417 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001418 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001419 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001420 }
1421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001422 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001423 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001424 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001425
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001426 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1427 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1428 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1429 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001430 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001431 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001432 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001433 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001434 }
1435 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001436
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001437 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1438 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001439 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001440 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001441 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001442 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001443 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001444
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001445 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1446 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001447 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001448 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001449 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001450
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001451 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1452 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001453 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1454 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001455
1456 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001457}
1458
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001459Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1460 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001461 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001462 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001463 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001464}
1465
1466/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1467/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001468bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001469 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1470 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1471 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001472 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1473 return false;
1474
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001475 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001476 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001477 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001478 if (isSizeof)
1479 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1480 return false;
1481 }
1482
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001483 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001484 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001485 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1486 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001487 return false;
1488 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001489
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001490 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1491 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1492 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1493 ExprRange))
1494 return true;
1495
1496 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001497 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001498 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001499 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1500 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001501 }
1502
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001503 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001504}
1505
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001506bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1507 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1508 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001509
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001510 // alignof decl is always ok.
1511 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1512 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001513
1514 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1515 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1516 return false;
1517
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001518 if (E->getBitField()) {
1519 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1520 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001521 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001522
1523 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1524 // bit-field.
1525 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001526 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001527 return false;
1528
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001529 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1530}
1531
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001532/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1533Action::OwningExprResult
1534Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1535 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1536 if (T.isNull())
1537 return ExprError();
1538
1539 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1540 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1541 return ExprError();
1542
1543 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1544 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1545 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1546 R.getEnd()));
1547}
1548
1549/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1550/// operand.
1551Action::OwningExprResult
1552Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1553 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1554 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1555 bool isInvalid = false;
1556 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1557 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1558 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1559 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001560 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001561 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1562 isInvalid = true;
1563 } else {
1564 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1565 }
1566
1567 if (isInvalid)
1568 return ExprError();
1569
1570 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1571 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1572 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1573 R.getEnd()));
1574}
1575
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001576/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1577/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1578/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001580Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1581 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001582 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001583 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001584
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001585 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001586 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1587 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1588 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001589
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001590 // Get the end location.
1591 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1592 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1593 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1594
1595 if (Result.isInvalid())
1596 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1597
1598 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001599}
1600
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001601QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001602 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1603 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001604
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001605 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001606 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1607 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001608
1609 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1610 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1611 return V->getType();
1612
1613 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001614 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1615 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001616 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001617}
1618
1619
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001620
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621Action::OwningExprResult
1622Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1623 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1624 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001625
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001626 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1627 switch (Kind) {
1628 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1629 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1630 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1631 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1634 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1635 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001636 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001637 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1638
1639 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1640 //
1641 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1642 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1643 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1644 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1645 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1646 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1647 // argument will have value zero.
1648 Expr *Args[2] = {
1649 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001650 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1651 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001652 };
1653
1654 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1655 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001656 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001657
1658 // Perform overload resolution.
1659 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001660 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001661 case OR_Success: {
1662 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1663 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1664
1665 if (FnDecl) {
1666 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1667 // operator.
1668
1669 // Convert the arguments.
1670 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1671 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001672 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001673 } else {
1674 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001675 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001676 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1677 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001678 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001679 }
1680
1681 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001682 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001683 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1684 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001685
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001686 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001687 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001688 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001689 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1690
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001691 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001692 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001693 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1694 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1695 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001696 } else {
1697 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1698 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1699 // operator node.
1700 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1701 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001702 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001703
1704 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001705 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001706 }
1707
1708 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1709 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1710 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1711 break;
1712
1713 case OR_Ambiguous:
1714 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1715 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1716 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1717 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001718 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001719
1720 case OR_Deleted:
1721 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1722 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1723 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1724 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1725 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1726 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001727 }
1728
1729 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1730 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1731 // build a built-in operation.
1732 }
1733
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001734 Input.release();
1735 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001736 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001737}
1738
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001739Action::OwningExprResult
1740Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1741 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1742 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1743 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001744
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001745 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001746 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1747 Base.release();
1748 Idx.release();
1749 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1750 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1751 }
1752
1753 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001754 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001755 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1756 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1757 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001758 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1759 // to the candidate set.
1760 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1761 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001762 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1763 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001764
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001765 // Perform overload resolution.
1766 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001767 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001768 case OR_Success: {
1769 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1770 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1771
1772 if (FnDecl) {
1773 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1774 // operator.
1775
1776 // Convert the arguments.
1777 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1778 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1779 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1780 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1781 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001782 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001783 } else {
1784 // Convert the arguments.
1785 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1786 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1787 "passing") ||
1788 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1789 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1790 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001792 }
1793
1794 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001795 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001796 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1797 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001798
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001799 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001800 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1801 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001802 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1803
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001804 Base.release();
1805 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001806 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1807 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001808 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1809 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001810 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001811 } else {
1812 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1813 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1814 // operator node.
1815 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1816 "passing") ||
1817 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1818 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001819 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001820
1821 break;
1822 }
1823 }
1824
1825 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1826 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1827 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1828 break;
1829
1830 case OR_Ambiguous:
1831 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1832 << "[]"
1833 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1834 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001836
1837 case OR_Deleted:
1838 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1839 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1840 << "[]"
1841 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1842 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1843 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001844 }
1845
1846 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1847 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1848 // build a built-in operation.
1849 }
1850
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001851 // Perform default conversions.
1852 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1853 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001854
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001855 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001856
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001857 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001858 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001859 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001860 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001861 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1862 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001863 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1864 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1865 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1866 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001867 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001868 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1869 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001870 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001871 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001872 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001873 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1874 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001875 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001876 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1877 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1878 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1879 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1880 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1881 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1882 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1883 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1884 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1885 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1886 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001887 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1888 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001889 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001890
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001891 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1892 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001893 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1894 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1895 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1896 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1897 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1898 // force the promotion here.
1899 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1900 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1901 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1902 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1903
1904 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1905 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001906 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001907 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1908 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1909 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1910 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1911 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1912 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1913
1914 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1915 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001916 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001917 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001918 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1919 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001920 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001922 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001923 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1924 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001925
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001926 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1927 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1928 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1929 // incomplete types are not object types.
1930 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1931 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1932 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1933 return ExprError();
1934 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001935
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001936 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001937 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001938 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1939 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001940
1941 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1942 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1943 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1944 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1945 return ExprError();
1946 }
1947
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001948 Base.release();
1949 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001950 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001951 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001952}
1953
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001954QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001955CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001956 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001957 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001958
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001959 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1960 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001961
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001962 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1964 // to be selected.
1965 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001966
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001967 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1968 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001969 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001970
1971 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1972 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001973 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001974 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1975 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001976 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001977 do
1978 compStr++;
1979 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001980 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001981 do
1982 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001983 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001984 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001985
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001986 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001987 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1988 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1990 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001991 return QualType();
1992 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001993
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001994 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1995 // operates on.
1996 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1997 compStr = CompName.getName();
1998
1999 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002000 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002001
2002 while (*compStr) {
2003 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2004 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2005 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2006 return QualType();
2007 }
2008 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002009 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002010
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002011 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2012 // number of elements.
2013 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002014 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002015 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002016 return QualType();
2017 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002018
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002019 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002020 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002021 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002022 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002023 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002024 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2025 : CompName.getLength();
2026 if (HexSwizzle)
2027 CompSize--;
2028
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002029 if (CompSize == 1)
2030 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002031
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002032 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002033 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002034 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2035 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2036 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2037 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002038 }
2039 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002040}
2041
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002042static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2043 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002044 const Selector &Sel,
2045 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002046
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002047 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002048 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002049 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002050 return OMD;
2051
2052 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2053 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002054 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2055 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002056 return D;
2057 }
2058 return 0;
2059}
2060
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002061static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002062 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002063 const Selector &Sel,
2064 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002065 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2066 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002067 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002068 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002069 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002070 GDecl = PD;
2071 break;
2072 }
2073 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002074 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002075 GDecl = OMD;
2076 break;
2077 }
2078 }
2079 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002080 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002081 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2082 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002083 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002084 if (GDecl)
2085 return GDecl;
2086 }
2087 }
2088 return GDecl;
2089}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002090
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002091/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2092/// all base class implementations.
2093///
2094ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2095 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2096 const Selector &Sel) {
2097 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002098 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002099 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002100
2101 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2102 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2103 return Method;
2104}
2105
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106Action::OwningExprResult
2107Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2108 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002109 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002110 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002111 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002112 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002113
2114 // Perform default conversions.
2115 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002117 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2118 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002120 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2121 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002122 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002123 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002124 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2125 BaseExpr, true,
2126 OpLoc,
2127 DeclarationName(&Member),
2128 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002130 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002131 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2132 ;
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002133 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002134 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2135 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002136 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002137 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2138 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2139 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002140 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002141 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2142 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2143 // (so we'll report an error for)
2144 // T* t;
2145 // t.f;
2146 //
2147 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2148 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2149 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002150 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002151
2152 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2153 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002154 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2155 BaseExpr, false,
2156 OpLoc,
2157 DeclarationName(&Member),
2158 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002159 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002160 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002161
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002162 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2163 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002164 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002165 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002166 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002167 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2168 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2169 return ExprError();
2170
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002171 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002172 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002173 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002174 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002175 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002176
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002177 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002178 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2179 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002180 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002181 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2182 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2183 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002184 }
2185
2186 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002187
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002188 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2189 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2190 // error cases.
2191 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2192 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002193
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002194 // Check the use of this field
2195 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2196 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002197
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002198 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002199 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2200 // (C++ [class.union]).
2201 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002202 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002203 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002204
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002205 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002206 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002207 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002208 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2209 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002210 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002211 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2212 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002213 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002214 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2215 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002216 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2217 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002218 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002219
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002220 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002221 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2222 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002223 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2224 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002225 }
2226
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002227 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2228 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002229 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002230 Var, MemberLoc,
2231 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002232 }
2233 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2234 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002235 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002236 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2237 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002238 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002239 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2240 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002241 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002242 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002243 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2244 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002245 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2246 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002247 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002248 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002249 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2250 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002251
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002252 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2253 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2254 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002255 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2256 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2257 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002258 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002259
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002260 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002261 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002262 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2263 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2264 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2265 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2266 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2267 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2268 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2269 // Check the use of this method.
2270 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2271 return ExprError();
2272 }
2273 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2274 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2275 Selector SetterSel =
2276 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2277 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2278 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2279 if (!Setter) {
2280 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2281 // methods.
2282 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2283 }
2284 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002285 if (!Setter)
2286 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002287
2288 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2289 return ExprError();
2290
2291 if (Getter || Setter) {
2292 QualType PType;
2293
2294 if (Getter)
2295 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2296 else {
2297 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2298 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2299 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2300 }
2301 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2302 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2303 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2304 }
2305 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2306 << &Member << BaseType);
2307 }
2308 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002309 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2310 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002311 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2312 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2313 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2314 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2315 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002316 if (IFaceT) {
2317 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2319 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2320
2321 if (IV) {
2322 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2323 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2324 // error cases.
2325 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2326 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002327
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002328 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2329 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2330 return ExprError();
2331 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2332 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2333 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2334 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2335 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2336 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2337 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2338 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2339 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2340 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2341 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2342 // AST for a function decl.
2343 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2344 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2345 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2346 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2347 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2348 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2349 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2350 }
2351
2352 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2353 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2354 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2355 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2356 << IV->getDeclName();
2357 }
2358 // @protected
2359 else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2360 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2361 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002362 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002363
2364 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2365 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2366 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002367 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002368 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2369 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2370 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002371 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002372 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2373 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002374 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002375 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2376 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002377 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002378 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2379 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2380 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2381 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2382
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002383 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2384 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2385 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2386 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2387 // Check the use of this declaration
2388 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2389 return ExprError();
2390
2391 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2392 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2393 }
2394 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2395 // Check the use of this method.
2396 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2397 return ExprError();
2398
2399 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2400 OMD->getResultType(),
2401 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2402 NULL, 0));
2403 }
2404 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002405
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002406 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2407 << &Member << BaseType);
2408 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002409 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2410 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2412 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2413 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2414 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2416
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002417 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002418 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002419 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2420 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2421 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002422 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2423 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002424 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002425 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2426 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002427 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002428 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2429 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002430 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002431 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2432 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002433 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002434 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2435 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2436 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002437
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002438 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002439 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2440 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002441 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2442 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2443 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2444 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2445 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2446 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002447
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002448 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2449 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2450 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002451 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2452 // selector is implemented.
2453
2454 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2455 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2456
2457 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002458 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002459
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002460 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2461 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002462 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002463
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002464 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002465 if (!Getter)
2466 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002467 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002468 // Check if we can reference this property.
2469 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2470 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002471 }
2472 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2473 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2474 Selector SetterSel =
2475 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2476 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002477 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002478 if (!Setter) {
2479 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2480 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002481 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002482 }
2483 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002484 if (!Setter)
2485 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002486
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002487 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2488 return ExprError();
2489
2490 if (Getter || Setter) {
2491 QualType PType;
2492
2493 if (Getter)
2494 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2495 else {
2496 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2497 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2498 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2499 }
2500 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2501 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2502 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2503 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002504 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2505 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002506 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002507
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002508 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2509 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2510 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002511 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002512 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2513 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2514
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002515 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002516 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002517 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2518 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002519 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002520 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002521 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002522 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002523
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002524 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2525 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2526
2527 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2528 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2529 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2530 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2531 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2532 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002533 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002534 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2535 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2536 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2537 }
2538
2539 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002540}
2541
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002542/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2543/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2544/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2545/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2546/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2547/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002548bool
2549Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002550 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002551 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002552 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2553 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002554 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002555 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2556 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2557 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002558 bool Invalid = false;
2559
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002560 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2561 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2562 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2563 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2564 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2565 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2566 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2567 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002568 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002569 }
2570
2571 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2572 // them.
2573 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2574 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2575 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2576 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2577 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2578 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2579 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2580 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002581 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002582 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002583 }
2584 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2585 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002586
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002587 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2588 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2589 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002590
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002591 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002592 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002594
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002595 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2596 ProtoArgType,
2597 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2598 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2599 return true;
2600
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002601 // Pass the argument.
2602 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2603 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002604 } else {
2605 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2606 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2607 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2608 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2609 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2610 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002611 } else {
2612 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2613
2614 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2615 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2616 // be properly destroyed.
2617 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2618 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2619 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2620 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2621 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2622 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2623 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002624 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002625
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002626 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002627 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002628 }
2629
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002630 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002631
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002632 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2633 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002634
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002635 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2636 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002637 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2638 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2639 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2640 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2641 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2642
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002643 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2644 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2645 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002646 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002647 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2648 }
2649 }
2650
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002651 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002652}
2653
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002654/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002655/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2656/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002657Action::OwningExprResult
2658Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2659 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002660 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002661 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002662 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002663 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002664 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002665 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002666 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002667 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002668
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002669 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002670 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002672 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2673 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002674 bool Dependent = false;
2675 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2676 Dependent = true;
2677 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2678 Dependent = true;
2679
2680 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002681 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002682 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2683
2684 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2685 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2686 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2687 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2688
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002689 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002690 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2691 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2692 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2693 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2694 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2695 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2696 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002697 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2698 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002699 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002700 }
2701
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002702 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002703 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2704 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002705 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2706 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002707 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2708 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2709 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002710 while (true) {
2711 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2712 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2713 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002714 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002715 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002716 ADL = false;
2717 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2718 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002719 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002720 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2721 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002722 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002723 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2724 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002725 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002726 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002727 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002728 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2729 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2730 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002731 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2732 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2733 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002734 if (!NDecl)
2735 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002736 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2737 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2738 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2739
2740 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2741 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2742 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2743 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2744 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2745 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2746 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2747 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2748 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2749 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2750 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2751 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2752 //
2753 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2754 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2755 // is still possible.
2756 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2757 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002758 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002759 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002760 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2761 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2762 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002763 break;
2764 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002765 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002766
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002767 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002768 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002769 if (NDecl) {
2770 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2771 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002772 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2773 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002774 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2775 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002776 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002777
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002778 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2779 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002780 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002781 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002782 ADL = false;
2783
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002784 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2785 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2786 ADL = false;
2787
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002788 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002789 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2790 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2791 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2792 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2793 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2794 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002795 if (!FDecl)
2796 return ExprError();
2797
2798 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2799 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002800 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002801 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002802 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2803 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2804 false, false,
2805 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2806 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002807 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002808 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002809 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2810 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2811 Fn = NewFn;
2812 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002813 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002814
2815 // Promote the function operand.
2816 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2817
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002818 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2819 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002820 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2821 Args, NumArgs,
2822 Context.BoolTy,
2823 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002824
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002825 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2826 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2827 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2828 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002829 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002830 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002831 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2832 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002833 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2834 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002835 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002836 getAsFunctionType();
2837 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002838 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002839 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2840 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2841
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002842 // Check for a valid return type
2843 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2844 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2845 FuncT->getResultType(),
2846 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2847 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2848 return ExprError();
2849
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002850 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002851 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002852
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002853 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002854 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002855 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002856 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002857 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002858 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002859
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002860 if (FDecl) {
2861 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2862 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2863 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002864 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002865 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2866 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2867 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2868 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2869 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2870 }
2871 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002872 }
2873
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002874 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002875 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2876 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2877 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002878 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2879 Arg->getType(),
2880 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2881 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2882 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002883 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002884 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002885 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002886
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002887 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2888 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002889 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2890 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002891
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002892 // Check for sentinels
2893 if (NDecl)
2894 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002895 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002896 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002897 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002898 if (NDecl)
2899 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002900
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002901 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002902}
2903
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002904Action::OwningExprResult
2905Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2906 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002907 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002908 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002909 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002910 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002911 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002912
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002913 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002914 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002915 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2916 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002917 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2918 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2919 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002920 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002921 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002922
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002923 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002924 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002925 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002926
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002927 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002928 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002929 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002930 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002931 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002932 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002933 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002934 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002935}
2936
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002937Action::OwningExprResult
2938Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002939 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2940 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2941 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002942
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002943 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002944 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002945
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002946 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002947 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002948 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002949 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002950}
2951
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002952/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002953bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
2954 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002955 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002956 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002957
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002958 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2959
2960 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2961 // type needs to be scalar.
2962 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2963 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2964 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002965 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2966 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2967 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2968 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002969 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002970 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2971 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2972 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2973 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002974 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002975 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002976 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002977 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2978 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2979 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2980 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2981 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2982 break;
2983 }
2984 }
2985 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2986 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2987 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2988 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002989 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002990 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002991 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002992 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002993 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002994 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002995 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2996 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002997 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002998 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2999 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003000 return true;
3001 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3002 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3003 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003004 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3005 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3006 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003007 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003008 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003009 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3010 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3011 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3012 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3013 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3014 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3015 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3016 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3017 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3018 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3019 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003020 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003021 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3022 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003023 return false;
3024}
3025
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003026bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003027 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003028
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003029 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003030 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003031 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003032 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003033 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003034 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003035 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003036 } else
3037 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003038 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003039 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003040
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003041 return false;
3042}
3043
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003044bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3045 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3046
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003047 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3048 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003049 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3050 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3051 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3052 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3053 return false;
3054 }
3055
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003056 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003057 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3058 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003059 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3060 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3061 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3062 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003063 return false;
3064}
3065
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003066Action::OwningExprResult
3067Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3068 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3069 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3070 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003071
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003072 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003073 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3074
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003075 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003076 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003077 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
3078 castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003079 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003080}
3081
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003082/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3083/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003084/// C99 6.5.15
3085QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3086 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003087 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3088 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3089 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3090
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003091 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3092 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3093 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3094 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3095 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3096 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003097
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003098 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003099 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3100 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3101 << CondTy;
3102 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003103 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003104
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003105 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003106
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003107 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3108 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003109 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3110 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3111 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003112 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003113
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003114 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3115 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003116 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3117 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003118 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003119 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003120 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003121 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003122 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003123 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003124
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003125 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003126 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003127 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3128 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3129 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3130 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3131 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3132 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3133 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3134 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3135 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003136 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003137 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003138 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3139 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003140 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003141 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3142 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3143 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003144 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003145 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003146 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3147 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3148 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003149 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003150 // Handle block pointer types.
3151 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3152 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3153 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3154 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3157 return destType;
3158 }
3159 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3160 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3161 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003162 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003163 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3164 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3165 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003166 return LHSTy;
3167 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003168 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003169 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3170 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003171
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003172 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3173 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003174 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3175 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3176 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3177 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3178 // to get a consistent AST.
3179 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3180 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3181 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3182 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003183 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003184 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3185 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3186 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003187 return LHSTy;
3188 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003189 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003190 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003191
3192 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3193 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3194 return LHSTy;
3195 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003196 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3197 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003198 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3199
3200 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3201 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3202 // type. This allows
3203 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3204 // where B is a subclass of A.
3205 //
3206 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3207 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3208 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3209 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3210
3211 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3212 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003213 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003214 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003215 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003216 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003217 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3218 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003219 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003220 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3221 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3222 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3223 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3224 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3225 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003226 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3227 } else {
3228 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3229 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3230 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3231 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3232 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3233 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3234 return incompatTy;
3235 }
3236 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3237 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3238 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3239 return compositeType;
3240 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003241 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3242 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003243 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003244 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3245 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3246 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3247 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3248 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3249 return destType;
3250 }
3251 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3252 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003253 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003254 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3255 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3256 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3257 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3258 return destType;
3259 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003260 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3261 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3262 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003263 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3264 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003265
3266 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3267 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3268 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3269 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3270 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3271 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3272 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3273 return destType;
3274 }
3275 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3276 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3277 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3278 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3279 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3280 return destType;
3281 }
3282
3283 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3284 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3285 return LHSTy;
3286 }
3287 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3288 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3289 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3290 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3291 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3292 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3293 // to get a consistent AST.
3294 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3295 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3296 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3297 return incompatTy;
3298 }
3299 // The pointer types are compatible.
3300 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3301 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3302 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3303 // type.
3304 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3305 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3306 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3307 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3308 return LHSTy;
3309 }
3310
3311 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3312 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3313 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3314 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3315 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3316 return RHSTy;
3317 }
3318 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3319 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3320 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3321 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3322 return LHSTy;
3323 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003324
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003325 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003326 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3327 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003328 return QualType();
3329}
3330
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003331/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003332/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003333Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3334 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3335 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3336 ExprArg RHS) {
3337 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3338 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003339
3340 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3341 // was the condition.
3342 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3343 if (isLHSNull)
3344 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003345
3346 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003347 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003348 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003349 return ExprError();
3350
3351 Cond.release();
3352 LHS.release();
3353 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003354 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003355 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3356 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003357}
3358
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003359// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003360// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003361// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3362// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3363// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003364Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003365Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3366 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003367
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003368 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003369 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3370 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003372 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003373 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3374 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003375
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003376 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003377
3378 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3379 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3380 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003381 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003382 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003383 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003384
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003385 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3386 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003387 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003388 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003389 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003390 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003391
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003392 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003393 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3394 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003395 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003396
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003397 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003398 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003399 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003400
3401 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003402 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3403 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003404 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003405 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003406 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003407 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3408 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3409 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3410 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3411 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3412 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3413 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3414 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3415 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3416 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3417 }
3418 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3419 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3420 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3421 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3422 }
3423 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3424 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3425 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3426 // warning can be disabled.
3427 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3428 return ConvTy;
3429 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3430 }
3431 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3432 return IncompatiblePointer;
3433 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003434 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003435}
3436
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003437/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3438/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3439/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3440// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003441Sema::AssignConvertType
3442Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003443 QualType rhsType) {
3444 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003445
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003446 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003447 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3448 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003449
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003450 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3451 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3452 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003453
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003454 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003455
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003456 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3457 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3458 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003459
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003460 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003461 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003462 return ConvTy;
3463}
3464
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003465/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3466/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003467/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3468///
3469/// int a, *pint;
3470/// short *pshort;
3471/// struct foo *pfoo;
3472///
3473/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3474/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3475/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3476/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3477///
3478/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003480///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003481Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003482Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003483 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3484 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003485 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3486 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003487
3488 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003489 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003490
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003491 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3492 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3493 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3494 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3495 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3496 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3497 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003498 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003499 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003500 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003501 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003502 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003503 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3504 // to the same ExtVector type.
3505 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3506 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3507 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3508 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3509 return Compatible;
3510 }
3511
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003512 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003513 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003514 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003515 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003516 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3517 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003518 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003519 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003520 }
3521 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003522 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003523
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003524 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003525 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003526
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003527 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003528 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003529 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003530
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003531 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003532 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003533
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003534 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003535 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003536 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3537 return Compatible;
3538 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003539 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003540 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3541 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003542 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003543
3544 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003545 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003546 return Compatible;
3547 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003548 return Incompatible;
3549 }
3550
3551 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3552 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003553 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003554
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003555 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003556 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003557 return Compatible;
3558
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003559 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3560 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003561
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003562 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003563 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003564 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003565 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003566 return Incompatible;
3567 }
3568
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003569 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3570 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3571 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003572
3573 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003574 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003575 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3576 return Compatible;
3577 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003578 }
3579 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003580 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3581 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003582 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3583 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003584 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3585 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003586 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003587 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003588 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003589 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3590 return Compatible;
3591 }
3592 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3593 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3594 return Compatible;
3595 return Incompatible;
3596 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003597 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003598 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003599 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3600 return Compatible;
3601
3602 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003603 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003604
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003605 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003606 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003607
3608 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003609 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003610 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003611 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003612 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003613 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3614 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3615 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3616 return Compatible;
3617
3618 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3619 return PointerToInt;
3620
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003621 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003622 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003623 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3624 return Compatible;
3625 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003626 }
3627 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003628 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003629 return Compatible;
3630 return Incompatible;
3631 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003632
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003633 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003634 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003635 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003636 }
3637 return Incompatible;
3638}
3639
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003640/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3641/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3642static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3643 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3644 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3645 // of the transparent union.
3646 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3647 &E, 1,
3648 SourceLocation());
3649 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3650 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3651
3652 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3653 // union type from this initializer list.
3654 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3655 false);
3656}
3657
3658Sema::AssignConvertType
3659Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3660 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3661
3662 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3663 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3664 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003665 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003666 return Incompatible;
3667
3668 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3669 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3670 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3671 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003672 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3673 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003674 it != itend; ++it) {
3675 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3676 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3677 // 1) void pointer
3678 // 2) null pointer constant
3679 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003680 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003681 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3682 InitField = *it;
3683 break;
3684 }
3685
3686 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3687 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3688 InitField = *it;
3689 break;
3690 }
3691 }
3692
3693 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3694 == Compatible) {
3695 InitField = *it;
3696 break;
3697 }
3698 }
3699
3700 if (!InitField)
3701 return Incompatible;
3702
3703 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3704 return Compatible;
3705}
3706
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003707Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003708Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003709 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3710 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3711 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3712 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3713 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003714 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3715 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003716 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003717 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003718 }
3719
3720 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3721 // structures.
3722 }
3723
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003724 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3725 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003726 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003727 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003728 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003729 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003730 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003731 return Compatible;
3732 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003734 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003735 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003736 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003737 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003738 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003739 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003740 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3741 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003742
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003743 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3744 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003745
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003746 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3747 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003748 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3749 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3750 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3751 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003752 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003753 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003754 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003755}
3756
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003757QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003758 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003759 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003760 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003761 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003762}
3763
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003765 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003766 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003767 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003768 QualType lhsType =
3769 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3770 QualType rhsType =
3771 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003773 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003774 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003775 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003776
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003777 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3778 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003779 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3780 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3781 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003782 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3783 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003784 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003785 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003786 }
3787 }
3788 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003789
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003790 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3791 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3792 bool swapped = false;
3793 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3794 swapped = true;
3795 std::swap(rex, lex);
3796 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3797 }
3798
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003799 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003800 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3801 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3802 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3803 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003804 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003805 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3806 return lhsType;
3807 }
3808 }
3809 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3810 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3811 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003812 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003813 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3814 return lhsType;
3815 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003816 }
3817 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003818
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003819 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003820 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003821 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003822 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003823 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003824}
3825
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003826inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003827 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003828{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003829 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003830 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003831
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003832 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003833
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003834 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003835 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003836 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003837}
3838
3839inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003840 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003841{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003842 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3843 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3844 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3845 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3846 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003847
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003848 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003849
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003850 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003851 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003852 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003853}
3854
3855inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003856 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003857{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003858 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3859 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3860 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3861 return compType;
3862 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003863
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003864 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003865
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003866 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003867 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3868 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3869 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003870 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003871 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003872
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003873 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3874 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003875 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003876 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3877
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003878 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003879
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003880 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003881 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003882
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003883 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3884 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003885 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003887 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003888 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003889 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003890
3891 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3892 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3893 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003894 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003895 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3896 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3897 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3898 return QualType();
3899 }
3900
3901 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3902 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3903 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003904 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003905 // Check if we require a complete type.
3906 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003907 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003908 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3909 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3910 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3911 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3912 PExp->getType()))
3913 return QualType();
3914 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003915 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3916 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3917 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3918 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3919 return QualType();
3920 }
3921
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003922 if (CompLHSTy) {
3923 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3924 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3925 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003926 else {
3927 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3928 if (!T.isNull())
3929 LHSTy = T;
3930 }
3931
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003932 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3933 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003934 return PExp->getType();
3935 }
3936 }
3937
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003938 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003939}
3940
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003941// C99 6.5.6
3942QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003943 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3944 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3945 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3946 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3947 return compType;
3948 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003949
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003950 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003951
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003952 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003953
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003954 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003955 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3956 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003957 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003958 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003959 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003960
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003961 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003962 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003963 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003964
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003965 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003966
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003967 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3968 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3969 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3970 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3972 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3973 return QualType();
3974 }
3975
3976 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3977 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3978 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3979 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3980 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003981 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003982 return QualType();
3983 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003984
3985 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3986 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3987 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3988 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3989 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3990 lex->getSourceRange(),
3991 SourceRange(),
3992 lex->getType()))
3993 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003994
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003995 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3996 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3998 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3999 return QualType();
4000 }
4001
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004002 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004003 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4004 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4005 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4006 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4007 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4008 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4009 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4010 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4011
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004012 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004013 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004014 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004015
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004016 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004017 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004018 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004019
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004020 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4021 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4022 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4023 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4024 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4025 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4026 return QualType();
4027 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004028
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004029 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4030 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4031 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4032 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004033 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004034 return QualType();
4035 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004036
4037 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4038 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4039 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4040 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4041 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4042 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4043 rex->getSourceRange(),
4044 SourceRange(),
4045 rex->getType()))
4046 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004048 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4049 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4050 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4051 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4052 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4053 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4054 return QualType();
4055 }
4056 } else {
4057 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4058 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4059 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4060 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4061 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4062 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4063 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4064 return QualType();
4065 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004066 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004067
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004068 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4069 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4070 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4071 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4072 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4073 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4074 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004075
4076 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004077 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4078 }
4079 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004080
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004081 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004082}
4083
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004084// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004085QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004086 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004087 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4088 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004089 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004090
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004091 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4092 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004093 QualType LHSTy;
4094 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4095 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004096 else {
4097 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4098 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4099 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4100 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004101 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004102 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4103
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004104 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004105
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004106 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004107 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004108}
4109
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004110// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004111QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004112 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4113 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4114
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004115 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004116 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004118 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004119 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4120 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4121 else {
4122 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4123 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4124 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004125 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4126 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004127
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004128 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4129 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004130 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4131 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4132 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004133 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4134 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004135 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4136 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4137 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4138 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004139 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4140 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004142
4143 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4144 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4145 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4146 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4147
4148 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4149 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004150 Expr *literalString = 0;
4151 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004152 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004153 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4154 literalString = lex;
4155 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
4156 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004157 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4158 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004159 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4160 literalString = rex;
4161 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4162 }
4163
4164 if (literalString) {
4165 std::string resultComparison;
4166 switch (Opc) {
4167 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4168 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4169 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4170 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4171 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4172 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4173 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4174 }
4175 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4176 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4177 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004178 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4179 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4180 "strcmp(")
4181 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4182 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004183 resultComparison);
4184 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004185 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004186
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004187 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004188 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004189
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004190 if (isRelational) {
4191 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004192 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004193 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004194 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004195 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004196 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004197 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004198 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004199
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004200 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004201 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004202 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004203
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004204 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4205 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004206
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004207 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4208 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4209 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004210 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004211 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004212 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004213 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004214 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004215
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004216 if (isRelational) {
4217 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004218 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4219 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4220 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004221 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4222 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4223 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4224 }
4225 } else {
4226 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4227 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4228 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4229 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4230 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004231 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004232
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004233 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4234 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4235 return ResultTy;
4236
4237 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4238 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4239 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4240 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4241 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4242 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4243 //
4244 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4245 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004246 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004247 if (T.isNull()) {
4248 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4249 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4250 return QualType();
4251 }
4252
4253 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4254 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4255 return ResultTy;
4256 }
4257
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004258 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004259 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4260 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004261 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004262 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004263 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004264 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004265 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004266 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004267 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004268 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4269 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4270 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4271 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4272 return ResultTy;
4273 }
4274 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4275 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4276 return ResultTy;
4277 }
4278 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4279 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4280 return ResultTy;
4281 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004282 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004283 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004284 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4285 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004286
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004287 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004288 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004289 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004290 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004291 }
4292 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004293 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004294 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004295 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004296 if (!isRelational
4297 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4298 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004299 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004300 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004301 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004302 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004303 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4305 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004306 }
4307 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004308 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004309 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004310
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004311 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004312 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004313 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4314 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004315 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004316 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004317 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004318 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004319
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004320 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4321 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004322 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004323 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004324 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004325 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004326 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004327 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004328 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4329 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4330 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4331 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4332 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004333 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004334 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004335 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004336 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004337 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004338 if (isRelational)
4339 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4340 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4341 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004342 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004343 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004344 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004345 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004346 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004347 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004348 if (isRelational)
4349 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4350 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4351 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004352 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004353 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004354 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004355 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004356 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004357 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004358 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4359 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004360 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004361 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004362 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004363 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4364 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004365 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004366 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004367 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004368 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004369}
4370
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004371/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004372/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004373/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4374/// types.
4375QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004376 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004377 bool isRelational) {
4378 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4379 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004380 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004381 if (vType.isNull())
4382 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004383
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004384 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4385 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004386
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004387 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4388 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4389 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4390 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4391 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4392 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4393 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004394 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004395 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004397 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4398 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4399 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004400 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004401 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004403 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4404 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4405 // elements for floating point vectors.
4406 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4407 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004409 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004410 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004411 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004412 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004413 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004414 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4415
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004417 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004418 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4419}
4420
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004421inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004423{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004424 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004425 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004426
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004427 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004429 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004430 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004431 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004432}
4433
4434inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004436{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004437 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4438 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004439
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004440 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004441 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004442 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004443}
4444
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004445/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4446/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4447/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4448///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004449static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004450{
4451 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4452 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4453 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4454 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004455 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4456 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4457 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4458 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4459 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004460 }
4461 }
4462 return false;
4463}
4464
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004465/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4466/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4467static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004468 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4469 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4470 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004471 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4472 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004473 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4474 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004476 unsigned Diag = 0;
4477 bool NeedType = false;
4478 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4479 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4480 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004482 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4483 NeedType = true;
4484 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004485 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004486 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4487 NeedType = true;
4488 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004489 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004490 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4491 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004492 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004493 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4494 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004495 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4496 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004497 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004498 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4499 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004500 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004501 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4502 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004503 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004504 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4505 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004506 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4507 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4508 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004509 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4510 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4511 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004512 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004513
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004514 SourceRange Assign;
4515 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4516 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004517 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004518 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004519 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004520 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004521 return true;
4522}
4523
4524
4525
4526// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004527QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4528 SourceLocation Loc,
4529 QualType CompoundType) {
4530 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4531 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004532 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004533
4534 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4535 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004537 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004538 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004539 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004540 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004541 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4542 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4543 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004544 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004545 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004546 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004547 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004548
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004549 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4550 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4551 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004552 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004553 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4554 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4555 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4556 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4557 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004558 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004559 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004560 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4561 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4562 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004563 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4564 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004565 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4566 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4567 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004568 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004569 }
4570 } else {
4571 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004572 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004573 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004574
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004575 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4576 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004577 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004578
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004579 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4580 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004581 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004582 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4583 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004584 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004585 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004586 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004587}
4588
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004589// C99 6.5.17
4590QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004591 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004592 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004593
4594 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4595 // incomplete in C++).
4596
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004597 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004598}
4599
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004600/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4601/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004602QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4603 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004604 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4605 return Context.DependentTy;
4606
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004607 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4608 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004609
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004610 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4611 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4612 if (!isInc) {
4613 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4614 return QualType();
4615 }
4616 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4617 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4618 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004619 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004620 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4621 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004622
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004623 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004624 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004625 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4626 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4627 << Op->getSourceRange();
4628 return QualType();
4629 }
4630
4631 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004632 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004633 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004634 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4635 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4636 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4637 return QualType();
4638 }
4639
4640 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004641 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004642 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004643 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4644 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4645 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004646 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004647 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4648 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4649 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4650 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4651 return QualType();
4652 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004653 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4654 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4655 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004656 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004657 } else {
4658 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004659 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004660 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004661 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004662 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004663 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004664 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004665 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004666 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004667}
4668
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004669/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004670/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004671/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4672/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4673/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4674/// - &(x) => x
4675/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4676/// - &s.xx => s
4677/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4678/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4679/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4680/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004681static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004682 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004683 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004684 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004685 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004686 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004687 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4688 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4689 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004690 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004691 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004692 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004693 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004694 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004695 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4696 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004697 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4698 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4699 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4700 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4701 }
4702 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004703 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004704 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4705 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004706
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004707 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004708 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4709 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4710 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4711 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4712 default:
4713 return 0;
4714 }
4715 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004716 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004717 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004718 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004719 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4720 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004721 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004722 default:
4723 return 0;
4724 }
4725}
4726
4727/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004728/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004729/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004730/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004731/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004733/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004734QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004735 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4736 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4737
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004738 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4739 return Context.DependentTy;
4740
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004741 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4742 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4743 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4744 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4745 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4746 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4747 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4748 }
4749 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4750 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4751 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004752 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004753 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004754
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004755 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4756 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004757 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004758 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004759 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004760 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4761 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004762 return QualType();
4763 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004764 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004765 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4766 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4767 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004768 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004769 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4770 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004771 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004772 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004773 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004774 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004775 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4776 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4777 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4778 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4779 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004780 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004781 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004782 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4783 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4784 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004785 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4786 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004787 return QualType();
4788 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004789 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4790 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004791 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004792 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004793 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004794 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4795 // scope qualifier for the class.
4796 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4797 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004798 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4799 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4800 Diag(OpLoc,
4801 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4802 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4803 return QualType();
4804 }
4805
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004806 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4807 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004808 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004809 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004810 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004811 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004812 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004813 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4814 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4815 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4816 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004817 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004818 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004819
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004820 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4821 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4822 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4823 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4824 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4825 }
4826
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004827 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4828 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4829}
4830
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004831QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004832 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4833 return Context.DependentTy;
4834
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004835 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4836 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004838 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4839 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4840 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4841 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004842 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004843 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004844
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004845 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4846 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4847
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004848 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004849 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004850 return QualType();
4851}
4852
4853static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4854 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4855 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4856 switch (Kind) {
4857 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004858 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4859 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004860 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4861 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4862 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4863 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4864 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4865 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4866 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4867 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4868 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4869 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4870 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4871 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4872 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4873 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4874 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4875 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4876 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4877 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4878 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4879 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4880 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4881 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4882 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4883 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4884 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4885 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4886 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4887 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4888 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4889 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4890 }
4891 return Opc;
4892}
4893
4894static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4895 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4896 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4897 switch (Kind) {
4898 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4899 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4900 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4901 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4902 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4903 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4904 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4905 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4906 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004907 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4908 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4909 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4910 }
4911 return Opc;
4912}
4913
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004914/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4915/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4916/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004917Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4918 unsigned Op,
4919 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004920 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004921 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004922 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4923 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4924 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004925
4926 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004927 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4928 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4929 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004930 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4931 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4932 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4933 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4934 break;
4935 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004936 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4937 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4938 break;
4939 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4940 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4941 break;
4942 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4943 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4944 break;
4945 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4946 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4947 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004948 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004949 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4950 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4951 break;
4952 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4953 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4954 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4955 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004956 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004957 break;
4958 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4959 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004960 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004961 break;
4962 case BinaryOperator::And:
4963 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4964 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4965 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4966 break;
4967 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4968 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4969 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4970 break;
4971 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4972 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004973 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4974 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4975 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4976 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004977 break;
4978 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004979 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4980 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4981 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4982 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004983 break;
4984 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004985 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4986 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4987 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004988 break;
4989 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004990 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4991 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4992 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004993 break;
4994 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4995 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004996 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4997 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4998 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4999 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005000 break;
5001 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5002 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5003 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005004 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5005 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5006 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5007 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005008 break;
5009 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5010 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5011 break;
5012 }
5013 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005014 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005015 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005016 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5017 else
5018 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005019 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5020 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005021}
5022
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005023// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005024Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5025 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5026 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005027 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005028 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005029
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005030 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5031 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005032
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005033 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5034 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5035 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5036 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5037 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5038 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5039 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005040 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005041 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5042 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5043 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5044 Functions);
5045 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5046 DeclarationName OpName
5047 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5048 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005049 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005050
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005051 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5052 // binary operation.
5053 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005054 }
5055
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005056 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5057 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005058}
5059
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005060Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5061 unsigned OpcIn,
5062 ExprArg InputArg) {
5063 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005064
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005065 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005066 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005067 QualType resultType;
5068 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005069 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5070 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5071 break;
5072
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005073 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5074 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005075 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5076 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005077 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005078 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5079 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005080 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005081 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005082 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5083 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005084 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005085 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005086 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5087 break;
5088 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5089 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005090 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5091 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005092 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5093 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005094 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5095 break;
5096 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5097 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5098 break;
5099 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5100 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5101 resultType->isPointerType())
5102 break;
5103
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005104 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5105 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005106 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005107 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5108 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005109 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5110 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005111 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5112 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5113 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005114 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005115 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005116 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005117 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5118 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005119 break;
5120 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5121 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005122 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5123 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005124 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5125 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005126 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005127 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5128 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005129 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005130 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5131 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005132 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005133 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005134 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005135 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005136 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005137 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005138 resultType = Input->getType();
5139 break;
5140 }
5141 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005142 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005143
5144 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005145 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005146}
5147
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005148// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5149Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5150 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5151 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5152 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5153
5154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5155 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5156 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5157 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5158 // the arguments.
5159 FunctionSet Functions;
5160 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5161 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5162 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5163 Functions);
5164 DeclarationName OpName
5165 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5166 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5167 }
5168
5169 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5170 }
5171
5172 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5173}
5174
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005175/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005176Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5177 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5178 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005179 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005180 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005181
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005182 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5183 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005184 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005185 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005186
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005187 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005188 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5189 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005190}
5191
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005192Sema::OwningExprResult
5193Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5194 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5195 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005196 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5197 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5198
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005199 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005200 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005201 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005202
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005203 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5204 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5205 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005207 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5208 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5209 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005210
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005211 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5212 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5213 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5214 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5215 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005216
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005217 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005218 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005219 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005220
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005221 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5222 // expressions are not lvalues.
5223
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005224 substmt.release();
5225 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005226}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005227
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005228Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5229 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5230 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5231 TypeTy *argty,
5232 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5233 unsigned NumComponents,
5234 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5235 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5236 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005237 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5238 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005239
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005240 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5241
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005242 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5243 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5244 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005245 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005246 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005247
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005248 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5249 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005250
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005251 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5252 // the offsetof designators.
5253 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5254 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005255 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005256 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005257
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005258 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5259 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005260 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5261 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005262 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005263 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5264 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005265
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005266 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005267 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005268
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005269 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5270 // leaks like a sieve.
5271 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5272 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5273 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5274 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5275 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5276 if (!AT) {
5277 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005278 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5279 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005280 }
5281
5282 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5283
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005284 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5285 // expression.
5286 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5287
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005288 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5289 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005290 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005291 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005292 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005293 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005294 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005295
5296 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5297 OC.LocEnd);
5298 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005299 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005300
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005301 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005302 if (!RC) {
5303 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005304 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5305 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005306 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005307
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005308 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5309 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005310 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005311 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005312 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5313 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5314 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005315 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5316 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005317 }
5318
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005319 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5320 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5321 LookupMemberName)
5322 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005323 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005324 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005325 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5326 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005327
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005328 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5329 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005330 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005331 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5332 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005333 } else {
5334 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5335 // doesn't matter here.
5336 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5337 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5338 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005339 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005340 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005341
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005342 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5343 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005344}
5345
5346
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005347Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5348 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5349 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005350 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5351 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005352
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005353 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005354
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005355 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5356 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5357 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5358 return ExprError();
5359 }
5360
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005361 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5362 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005363}
5364
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005365Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5366 ExprArg cond,
5367 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5368 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5369 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5370 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5371 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005372
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005373 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5374
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005375 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005376 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005377 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5378 } else {
5379 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5380 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5381 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5382 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005383 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5384 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5385 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005386
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005387 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5388 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5389 }
5390
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005391 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5392 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5393 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005394}
5395
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005396//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5397// Clang Extensions.
5398//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5399
5400/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005401void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005402 // Analyze block parameters.
5403 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005404
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005405 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5406 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5407 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005408
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005409 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005410 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005411 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005412 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005413 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5414 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005415
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005416 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005417 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005418}
5419
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005420void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005421 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005422
5423 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5424 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005425 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005426 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5427
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005428 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5429 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5430 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5431 return;
5432 }
5433
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005434 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5435 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5436 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5437
5438 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5439 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005440 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005441 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005442 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005443 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005444 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5445 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005446 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5447
5448 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5449 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5450 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5451 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5452 return;
5453 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005454 return;
5455 }
5456
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005457 // Analyze arguments to block.
5458 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5459 "Not a function declarator!");
5460 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005461
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005462 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5463 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005464
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005465 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5466 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5467 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5468 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005469 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5470 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005471 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005472 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005473 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5474 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005475 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005476 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005477 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005478 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005479 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005480 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005481 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005482 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5483 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5484 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5485 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5486 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005487
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005488 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005489 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005490 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005491 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005492 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005493 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5494 }
5495
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005496 // Analyze the return type.
5497 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5498 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5499
5500 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5501 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5502 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5503 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5504 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005505 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005506}
5507
5508/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5509/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5510void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5511 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5512 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005513
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005514 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5515
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005516 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005517 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005518 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005519 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005520}
5521
5522/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5523/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005524Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5525 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005526 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5527 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5528 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5529
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005530 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5531 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005532
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005533 PopDeclContext();
5534
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005535 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5536 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005537
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005538 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005539 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5540 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005541
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005542 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5543 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5544 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005545
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005546 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005547 QualType BlockTy;
5548 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005549 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5550 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005551 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005552 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005553 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5554 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005555
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005556 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005557 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005558 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005559
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005560 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5561 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5562 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5563 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5564
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005565 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005566 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005567 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5568 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005569}
5570
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005571Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5572 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5573 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005574 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005575 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5576 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5577
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005578 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005579
5580 // Get the va_list type
5581 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005582 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5583 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5584 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5585 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005586 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005587 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5588 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5589 } else {
5590 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5591 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005592 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5593 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005594 return ExprError();
5595 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005596
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005597 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5598 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005599 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5600 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005601 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005602 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005603
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005604 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005605 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005606
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005607 expr.release();
5608 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5609 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005610}
5611
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005612Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005613 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5614 // pointers on the target.
5615 QualType Ty;
5616 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5617 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5618 else
5619 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5620
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005621 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005622}
5623
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005624bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5625 SourceLocation Loc,
5626 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5627 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5628 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5629 bool isInvalid = false;
5630 unsigned DiagKind;
5631 switch (ConvTy) {
5632 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5633 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005634 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005635 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5636 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005637 case IntToPointer:
5638 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5639 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005640 case IncompatiblePointer:
5641 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5642 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005643 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5644 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5645 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005646 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5647 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5648 break;
5649 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005650 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5651 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5652 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5653 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5654 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5655 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5656 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5657 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5658 // C++ semantics.
5659 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5660 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5661 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005662 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5663 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005664 case IntToBlockPointer:
5665 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5666 break;
5667 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005668 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005669 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005670 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005671 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005672 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5673 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5674 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005675 case IncompatibleVectors:
5676 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5677 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005678 case Incompatible:
5679 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5680 isInvalid = true;
5681 break;
5682 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005683
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005684 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5685 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005686 return isInvalid;
5687}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005688
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005689bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005690 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5691 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5692 if (Result)
5693 *Result = ICEResult;
5694 return false;
5695 }
5696
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005697 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5698
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005699 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005700 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5701 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5702
5703 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5704 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5705 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5706 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5707 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5708 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5709 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005710
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005711 return true;
5712 }
5713
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005714 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5715 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005716
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005717 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5718 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5719 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005720
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005721 if (Result)
5722 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5723 return false;
5724}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005725
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005726Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5727Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5728 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5729 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5730 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5731
5732 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5733 return NewContext;
5734}
5735
5736void
5737Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5738 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5739 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5740
5741 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5742 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5743 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5744 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5745 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5746 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5747 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5748
5749 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5750 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5751 I != IEnd; ++I)
5752 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5753 }
5754}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005755
5756/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5757///
5758/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5759/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5760/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5761/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5762///
5763/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5764///
5765/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5766void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5767 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5768
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005769 if (D->isUsed())
5770 return;
5771
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005772 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5773 // template or not.
5774 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5775 D->setUsed(true);
5776
5777 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5778 // an instantiation.
5779 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5780 return;
5781
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005782 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5783 case Unevaluated:
5784 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5785 return;
5786
5787 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5788 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5789 // "used"; handle this below.
5790 break;
5791
5792 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5793 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5794 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5795 // potentially evaluated.
5796 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5797 return;
5798 }
5799
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005800 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005801 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005802 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005803 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5804 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5805 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5806 }
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005807 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5808 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5809 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5810 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5811 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005812 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5813 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5814 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5815
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005816 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5817 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5818 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5819 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5820 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5821 }
5822 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005823 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005824 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5825 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005826 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005827 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5828 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5829 // instantiated, naturally).
5830 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5831 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005832 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005833 }
5834
5835
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005836 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005837 Function->setUsed(true);
5838 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005839 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005840
5841 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005842 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5843 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5844 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5845 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5846 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5847 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5848
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005849 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005850
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005851 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005852 return;
5853}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005854}
5855